blob: 2dfc5b6282192186c633d50cf223dd0aefcafab1 [file] [log] [blame]
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jul 16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200961ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
962
963By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
964extended geometry keywords: >
965
966 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
967
968and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
969
970 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
971
972By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
973highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
974
975 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
976
977or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
978
979 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000981BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000982
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200983The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
985are supported.
986
987Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
988in ones |.vimrc|: >
989 let baan_code_stds=1
990
991*baan-folding*
992
993Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
994mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
995source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
996
997To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
998 let baan_fold=1
999Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1000indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1001considered equal to a tab). >
1002 let baan_fold_block=1
1003Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001004SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001005match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1006 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001007Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001008the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1009.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1010 set foldminlines=5
1011 set foldnestmax=6
1012
1013
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001014BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001016Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1018five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1019otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1020Basic.
1021
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001022If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1023example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1024 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001026
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001027C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
1029A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001030(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001031 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1033To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001034 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001035Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001037An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1038 :set filetype=cpp
1039
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001040Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001041*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1042*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001043*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1044*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001045*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1047*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001048 ...except { and } in first column
1049 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1050 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001051*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1052 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001053*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001054*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1056*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001057*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001058 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001059*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1060*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1061*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1062*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1063*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001064*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1065*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001067When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1068become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1069 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001070"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1071 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001072
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1074when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1075to a larger number: >
1076 :let c_minlines = 100
1077This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1078displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1079disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1080
1081When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1082works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1083you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1084
1085To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1086Example: >
1087 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1088 :function MyCadd()
1089 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1090 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1091 : hi link cMyItem Title
1092 :endfun
1093
1094ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1095"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1096not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1097highlighting: >
1098 :hi link cConstant NONE
1099
1100If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1101highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1102
1103If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001104in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001106 syn sync fromstart
1107 set foldmethod=syntax
1108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001109CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001110
1111C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1112the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1113
1114By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1115of C or C++: >
1116 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1117
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001119CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120
1121Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1122that are available. Additionally there is:
1123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001124chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1125chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1126chill_minlines like c_minlines
1127
1128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001129CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001130
1131ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1132If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1133 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1134This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1135"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1136file).
1137
1138You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1139 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1140Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1141 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1142This works immediately.
1143
1144
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001145CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1146
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1148
1149Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1150but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1151|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1152syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001153>
1154 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001155 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1156 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001157 \ }
1158<
1159Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1160
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001161There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1162this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1163dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001164
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1166"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1167namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001170 *g:clojure_fold*
1171
1172Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1173list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1174the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1175
1176
1177 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1178
1179Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1180reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001181>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001182 #_(defn foo [x]
1183 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1186(e.g. `#_#_`).
1187
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001188
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001189COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001190
1191COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1192development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1193versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1194add this line to your .vimrc: >
1195 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1196To disable it again, use this: >
1197 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1198
1199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001200COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001202The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1204
1205 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1206
1207The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1208
1209
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001210CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1211
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001212Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213
1214Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001215cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001216cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001217cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1218cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001219
1220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001221CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001222
1223This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1224used.
1225
1226Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1227symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1228between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001229"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1230>
1231 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001232
1233For using tcsh: >
1234
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001235 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001236
1237Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1238tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001239will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001240"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1241variable.
1242
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001243CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1244
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001245If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1246longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1247variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001248
1249 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1250
1251And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1252
1253 :w
1254 :e
1255
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001256Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001257
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001259CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001260
1261Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001262hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001264normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001265line to your .vimrc file: >
1266
1267 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1268
1269Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1270
1271 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1272
1273To disable these again, use this: >
1274
1275 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1276 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1277<
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1282doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1283startup vimrc: >
1284 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1285
1286
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001287DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1288
1289Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1290used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1291a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1292from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1293
1294More information about the language and its development environment at the
1295official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1296
1297dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1298type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1299and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1300framework.
1301
1302Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1303
1304https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1305
1306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001307DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001308
1309Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001310according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001311https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1312To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1313 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1314Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1315To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1316 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1317g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
1319
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001320DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001321
1322The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1323there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1324
1325 :let diff_translations = 0
1326
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001327Also see |diff-slow|.
1328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
1331The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1332provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1333the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1334versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1335uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1336line to your startup file: >
1337 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1338
1339
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001340DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001341DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1342DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
1344There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1345are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1346automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1347defaults to XML.
1348You can set the type manually: >
1349 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1350or: >
1351 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1352You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1353Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1354 :set filetype=docbksgml
1355or: >
1356 :set filetype=docbkxml
1357
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001358You can specify the DocBook version: >
1359 :let docbk_ver = 3
1360When not set 4 is used.
1361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001363DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001364
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001365Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1366supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1367NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1368and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001369Select the version you want with the following line: >
1370
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001371 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372
1373If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001374Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001376The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1377alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1378current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1379inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1380Stack Overflow -
1381
1382https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1383
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001384To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1385Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1386anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001387
1388 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1389
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001390If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1391block will be highlighted as an error.
1392
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001393There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001394"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1395is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001396
1397 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1398
1399If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1400
1401
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1403
1404Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001405(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1406idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001407
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001408There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1409explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1410Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001411 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1412or >
1413 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1414
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001415It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1416the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1417adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001418 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001420There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1421and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001422
1423Variable Default Effect ~
1424g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1425g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1426 doxygen comments.
1427
1428doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1429 and html_my_rendering underline.
1430
1431doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1432 colour highlighting.
1433
1434doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001435 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001436
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001437There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001438configuration.
1439
1440Highlight Effect ~
1441doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1442 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1443doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1444 \endlink from a \link section.
1445
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001446
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001447DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1451
1452 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1453
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001454The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001455this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1456
1457 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1458
1459before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1460Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1461'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1462Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1463highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001464delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001465
1466 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1467
1468The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1469
1470
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001471EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001472
1473While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001474syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1475highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1477
1478 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1479
1480Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1481
1482Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1483
1484 :let eiffel_strict=1
1485 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1486
1487Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1488five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1489"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1490
1491Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1492guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1493lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1494
1495If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1496"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1497
1498 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1499
1500instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1501
1502Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1503experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1504
1505 :let eiffel_ise=1
1506
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001507Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508
1509 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1510
1511to your startup file.
1512
1513
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001514EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1515
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001516Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001517version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001518Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1519
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001520Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1521still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1522Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001523
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001524The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1525
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001526 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1527 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1528
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001529To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001530auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1531add the following line to your startup file: >
1532
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001533 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001534
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001535< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001536
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1538
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001539Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001540specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1541file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1542filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1543Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001548Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001549the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001551The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1552put the following line in your vimrc: >
1553
1554 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1555
1556To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1557
1558 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559
1560
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001561ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1562
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001563Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1564maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001565
1566The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1567
1568 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1569
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001570Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001571specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1572file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1573filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1574Elixir.
1575
1576
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001577FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1578
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001579FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1580http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001581NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001582development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001583
1584Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1585syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1586editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1587start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1588'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1589(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1590and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1591
1592If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1593move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1594 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1600modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001601following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1603
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001604If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605redefine the following syntax groups:
1606
1607 - formConditional
1608 - formNumber
1609 - formStatement
1610 - formHeaderStatement
1611 - formComment
1612 - formPreProc
1613 - formDirective
1614 - formType
1615 - formString
1616
1617Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1618directives per default in the same syntax group.
1619
1620A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001621header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001622this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1623
1624 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1625
1626The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001627gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1629
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001630Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1631should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1632the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1633
1634If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1635example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1636 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1637
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001638
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001639FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1640
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001641Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1642be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1643edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1644 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001645 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1646
1647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001648FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649
1650Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001651Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1652choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16532023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165490, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1655respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001656items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001657
1658The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1659fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1660the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001661
1662Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001663Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1665
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001666When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001669in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1670source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1672in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1673
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001674If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1675extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1676file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1677will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1678on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001680When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1683neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001684determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1685using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1686compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001687free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1688different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1689script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1690no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1691fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1692In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1693the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1694happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1695columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1696file.
1697
1698Vendor extensions ~
1699Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1700script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1701created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1702characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1703with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001704 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001705placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1706
1707If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1708set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1709 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1710placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1711
1712To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1713intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1714command such as >
1715 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1716placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001717
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001718Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001719Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001721Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001722using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1724 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001725placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1727
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001728Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001729Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1730fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001731 :let fortran_fold=1
1732to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1733is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001734subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1735units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1736constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1737fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001739then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001740select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1741be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001742
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001743The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1744comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1745non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1746or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001747items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748
1749Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001750Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1751strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1753
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001754For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001755|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001757FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1758
1759FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1760dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1761for how to select the correct dialect.
1762
1763Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1764
1765Variable Highlight ~
1766*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1767*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1768*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1769*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1770
1771
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001773FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774
1775In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1776the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1777appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1778patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1779number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1780
1781For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1782as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1783
1784 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1785 \ set filetype=fvwm
1786
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001787GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001788
1789The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1790the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1791is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1792are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1793
1794 htmlString
1795 htmlValue
1796 htmlEndTag
1797 htmlTag
1798 htmlTagN
1799
1800Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1801java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1802group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1803correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1804to the contains clause.
1805
1806The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1807group to make them easier to see.
1808
1809
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001810GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001811
1812The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001813under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1815filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1816(see |filetype.txt|).
1817
1818
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001819HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1824
1825If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1826light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1827 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1828To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1829add: >
1830 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1831To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1832 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1833And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1834 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1835If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1836your .vimrc: >
1837 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1838
1839The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1840directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001841directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1842operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001843as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1844 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1845
1846The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1847automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1848TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850in your .vimrc >
1851 :let lhs_markup = none
1852for no highlighting at all, or >
1853 :let lhs_markup = tex
1854to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1855For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1856this variable, so e.g. >
1857 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001858will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001859set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1860loading a file.
1861
1862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001863HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864
1865The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1866
1867The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1868This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001869closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1870are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871
1872Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1873names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1874makes it easy to spot errors
1875
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001876Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1878
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001879Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1881text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1882while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001883only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001884<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885
1886If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1887following syntax groups:
1888
1889 - htmlBold
1890 - htmlBoldUnderline
1891 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1892 - htmlUnderline
1893 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1894 - htmlItalic
1895 - htmlTitle for titles
1896 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1897
1898To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1899of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1900following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1901are read during initialization) >
1902 :let html_my_rendering=1
1903
1904If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1905http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1906
1907You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1908vimrc file: >
1909 :let html_no_rendering=1
1910
1911HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1912details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1913However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001914ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001915 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1916
1917JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1918'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001919programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1920currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001921
1922Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1923
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001924There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1925written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1927(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001928>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1930 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1931
1932Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1933the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1934
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001935 *html-folding*
1936The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1937and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1938
1939 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1940 :set foldmethod=syntax
1941
1942Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1943especially for large files.
1944
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001945
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001946HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001947
1948The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1949
1950Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1951doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1952this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1953different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1954 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1955
1956Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1957
1958Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1959signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1960a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1961 :set syntax=htmlos
1962
1963Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1964block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1965
1966
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001967IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001968
1969Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1970how to recognize this filetype.
1971
1972To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1973 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1974
1975
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001976INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001977
1978Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1979most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1980to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1981 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1982
1983By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1984and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1985you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1986need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1987 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1988
1989This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1990set of highlighted system functions.
1991
1992The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1993it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1994by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1995startup sequence: >
1996 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1997
1998By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1999version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2000Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2001startup sequence: >
2002 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2003
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002004IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2005
2006IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2007Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2008
2009IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2010rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002011repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002012
2013There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2014are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2015
2016The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2017
2018Variable Effect ~
2019
2020idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2021 extensions
2022idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2023idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2024 quite helpful)
2025idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2026
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002027
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002028JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002029
2030The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
2031
2032In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2033flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002034classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2035old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2037
2038All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2039highlight them use: >
2040 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2041
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002042You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002043download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2044If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2045use the following: >
2046 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2047Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2048
2049Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002050how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002051headers of function declarations:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002052
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002053If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
2054a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002055 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002056 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2057 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2058 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2059 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2060 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2061 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2062 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2063 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2064Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002065However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002066supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
2067amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002068 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002069In addition, you can combine any value of "java_highlight_functions" with >
2070 :let java_highlight_signature=1
2071to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2072highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2073to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2074distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2075
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002076If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2077function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2078or compose new ones.
2079
2080Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2081down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2082conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
2083 :let java_highlight_generics=1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002084
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002085In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002086only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002087statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002088your startup file: >
2089 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2090The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002091characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002092new highlightings for the following groups.:
2093 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2094which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002095strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002096have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002097
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002098Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2099creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2100similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2101and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002102 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2103 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2104 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2105 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2106 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002107 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002108 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2109To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2110 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2111
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002112If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2113can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2114scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2115actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2116CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002117 :let java_javascript=1
2118 :let java_css=1
2119 :let java_vb=1
2120
2121In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2122for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2123 :hi link javaParen Comment
2124or >
2125 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2126
2127If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2128when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2129to a larger number: >
2130 :let java_minlines = 50
2131This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2132displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2133number is that redrawing can become slow.
2134
2135
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002136JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2137
2138The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2139default. To disable concealment: >
2140 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2141
2142To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2143 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2144
2145
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002146JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2147
2148To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2149 hi link jqNumber Normal
2150
2151If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2152 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2153
2154
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002155LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002156
2157Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2158style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2159define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2160 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2161
2162
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002163LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002164
2165Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2166gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2167 :syn sync minlines=300
2168may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2169difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2170
2171
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002172LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2173
2174To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2175
2176 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2177<
2178
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002179LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2180
2181The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2182
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002183 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002184 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2185 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002186 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002187 of parenthesization will receive different
2188 highlighting.
2189<
2190The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2191the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2192colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2193specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002194usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002195highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2196
2197
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002198LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002199
2200There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2201
2202If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2203
2204 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2205
2206For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2207set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2208
2209 :let lite_minlines = 200
2210
2211
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002212LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002213
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002214LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002215file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2216users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2217should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2218
2219 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2220
2221If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002222modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223
2224 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2225
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002226For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227
2228 // vim:set ft=c:
2229
2230If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2231
2232There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002233used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002235assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002236you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2237
2238 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2239
2240For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2241
2242 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2243
2244For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2245
2246 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2247
2248For uLPC series of LPC:
2249uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2250instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2251
2252
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002253LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002254
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002255The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002256the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2257lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022585.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002259
2260 :let lua_version = 5
2261 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002262
2263
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002264MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002265
2266Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002267quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002268signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2269whitespaces and end with a newline.
2270
2271Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002272as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002273only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2274
2275By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002276displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002277with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2278
2279 :let mail_minlines = 30
2280
2281
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002282MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283
2284In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2285errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2286feature off by using: >
2287
2288 :let make_no_commands = 1
2289
2290
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002291MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002292
2293Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2294supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2295The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2296highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2297
2298 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2299
2300to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2301choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23021, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2303$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2304
2305 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2306 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2307 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2308 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2309 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2310 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2311 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2312 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2313 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2314
2315
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002316MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2317
2318If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2319slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002320the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002321
2322 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2323
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002324If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2325documents you can enable like this: >
2326
2327 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2328
2329To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2330
2331 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2332
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002333
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002334MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002335
2336Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2337have the following in your .vimrc: >
2338
2339 let filetype_m = "mma"
2340
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002341MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2342
2343Be default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
2344headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2345
2346 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2347
2348If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2349and italic is possible by: >
2350
2351 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002352
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002353MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2354
2355Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2356dialect.
2357
2358The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2359
2360 taggedComment :=
2361 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2362 ;
2363
2364 dialectTag :=
2365 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2366 ;
2367
2368 reserved words
2369 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2370
2371A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2372lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2373additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2374
2375Example: >
2376
2377 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2378 ...
2379
2380Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2381dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2382defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2383
2384Example: >
2385
2386 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2387
2388
2389Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2390variables.
2391
2392Variable Highlight ~
2393*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2394*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2395*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2396
2397*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2398*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2399*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2400
2401*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2402
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002403MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002404
2405If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2406highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2407comments: >
2408
2409 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2410
2411To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2412
2413 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2414
2415To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2416'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2417
2418 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2419
2420Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2421
2422 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2423
2424To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2425
2426 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2427
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002428Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002429use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2430To enable this option: >
2431
2432 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2433
2434An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2435
2436 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2437
2438
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002439MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002440
2441There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2442
2443If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2444
2445 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2446
2447For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2448set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2449
2450 :let msql_minlines = 200
2451
2452
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002453N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2454
2455N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2456Couchbase Server databases.
2457
2458Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2459and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2460many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2461
2462
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002463NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002464
2465There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2466
2467If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2468errors, use this: >
2469
2470 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2471
2472If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2473
2474
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002475NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002476
2477The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2478activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2479can use them.
2480
2481For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002482processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002483features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2484|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002485
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002486 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002487
2488Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2489Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2490there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002491you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2493native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2494\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2495accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2496environments.
2497
2498In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2499follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2500
25011. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2502
25032. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2504 exclamation mark, etc.
2505
25063. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2507 carriage return.
2508
2509The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2510algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2511
2512Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2513furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2514vertical space input will be output as is.
2515
2516Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2517than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2518practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002519marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002520need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002521spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2522
2523 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2524
2525Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2526with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2527highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002528"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002529
2530 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2531 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2532 \ gui=reverse,bold
2533
2534If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2535with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2536file: >
2537
2538 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2539
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002540As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2542
2543Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2544groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2545
2546
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002547OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002548
2549The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2550.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2551
2552 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2553
2554you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2555by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2556
2557 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2558
2559prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2560contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2561
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002562PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2563
2564By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2565Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002566To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002567
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002568 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002569
2570The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2571
2572 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2573
2574To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2575
2576 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2577
2578This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2579
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002580 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002581 - image
2582 - block
2583 - subscript
2584 - superscript
2585 - strikeout
2586 - atx
2587 - codeblock_start
2588 - codeblock_delim
2589 - footnote
2590 - definition
2591 - list
2592 - newline
2593 - dashes
2594 - ellipses
2595 - quotes
2596 - inlinecode
2597 - inlinemath
2598
2599You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2600footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2601
2602 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2603
2604To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2605
2606 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2607
2608Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2609Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2610and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2611
2612 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2613
2614Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2615specified. Default = 1 >
2616
2617 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2618
2619For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2620list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2621can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2622
2623 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2624
2625To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2626
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002627 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002628
2629"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2630you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2631
2632To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2633
2634 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2635
2636Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2637Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2638
2639 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2640
2641The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2642
2643 :PandocHighlight LANG
2644
2645Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2646syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2647
2648 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2649
2650Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002651
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002652PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002653
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002654The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002655and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002656as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2657sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002658you set the variable: >
2659
2660 :let papp_include_html=1
2661
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002662in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002663sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002664edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002665
2666The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2667http://papp.plan9.de.
2668
2669
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002670PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002671
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002672Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2673could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2674or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002675
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002676 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2677 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002678
2679The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2680provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002681Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002682enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2683following line to your startup file: >
2684
2685 :let pascal_traditional=1
2686
2687To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2688keywords, etc): >
2689
2690 :let pascal_delphi=1
2691
2692
2693The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2694*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2695operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2696
2697 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2698
2699Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2700
2701 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2702
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002703Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002704pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2705match Turbo Pascal. >
2706
2707 :let pascal_gpc=1
2708
2709or >
2710
2711 :let pascal_fpc=1
2712
2713To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2714pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2715
2716 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2717
2718If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2719will be highlighted as Error. >
2720
2721 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2722
2723
2724
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002725PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002726
2727There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2728
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002729Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2730to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2731files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002732
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002733 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002734
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002735To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002736off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002737
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002738To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2739from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002740
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002741 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002742
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002743(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2744enabled it.)
2745
2746If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2747
2748 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2749
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002750(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002751
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002752The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2753be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002754perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2755
2756 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2757 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2758 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2759
2760(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2761
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002762The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002763synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2764If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002765then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2766you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002767
2768One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2769
2770 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2771 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2772
2773Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2774its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2775
2776 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2777
2778If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2779
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002780 :let perl_fold = 1
2781
2782If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2783
2784 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002785
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002786Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2787this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002788
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002789 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002790
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002791Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2792via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002793
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002794 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2795
2796Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2797behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2798
2799 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002800
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002801PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002802
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002803[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002804it has been renamed to "php"]
2805
2806There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2807
2808If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2809
2810 let php_sql_query = 1
2811
2812For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2813
2814 let php_baselib = 1
2815
2816Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2817
2818 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2819
2820Using the old colorstyle: >
2821
2822 let php_oldStyle = 1
2823
2824Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2825
2826 let php_asp_tags = 1
2827
2828Disable short tags: >
2829
2830 let php_noShortTags = 1
2831
2832For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2833
2834 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2835
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002836For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002837one: >
2838
2839 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2840
2841Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2842
2843 let php_folding = 1
2844
2845Selecting syncing method: >
2846
2847 let php_sync_method = x
2848
2849x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2850x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2851x = 0 to sync from start.
2852
2853
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002854PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2855
2856TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2857variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002858see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002859
2860This syntax file has the option >
2861
2862 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2863
2864if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2865
2866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002867PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002868
2869PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2870
2871This syntax file has the options:
2872
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002873- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002874 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002875
2876 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002877 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002878
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002879 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002880 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002881 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002882
2883 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2884
2885- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2886 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2887
2888
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002889PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002890
2891There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2892
2893If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2894
2895 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2896
2897For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2898set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2899
2900 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2901
2902
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002903POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002904
2905There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2906
2907First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2908currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2909and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2910Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2911extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2912level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2913highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2914
2915 :let postscr_level=2
2916
2917If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2918the most prevalent version currently.
2919
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002920Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002921particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2922PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2923
2924If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2925Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2926follows: >
2927
2928 :let postscr_display=1
2929
2930If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2931Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2932postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2933
2934 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2935
2936PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2937useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2938cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2939character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2940explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2941highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2942
2943 :let postscr_fonts=1
2944 :let postscr_encodings=1
2945
2946There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2947PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2948operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2949if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2950operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2951or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2952highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2953postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2954
2955 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2956<
2957
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002958 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2959PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002960
2961This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2962
2963In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2964the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2965appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2966patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2967"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2968
2969For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2970files, add the following: >
2971
2972 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2973 \ set filetype=ptcap
2974
2975If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2976are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2977internal variable to a larger number: >
2978
2979 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2980
2981(The default is 20 lines.)
2982
2983
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002984PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002985
2986Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2987doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2988startup vimrc: >
2989 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2990The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2991Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2992 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2993 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2994
2995
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002996PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002997
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002998There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002999
3000For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003001 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003002
3003For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003004 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003005
3006For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003007 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3008
3009For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3010 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3011or >
3012 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003013The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003014
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003015For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003016 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003017
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003018If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003019 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003020This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3021unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003022
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003023If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3024you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003025Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3026 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003027This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3028
3029Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3030 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3031
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003032
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003033QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003034
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003035The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3036based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3037between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3038definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3039to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3040be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041
3042set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3043 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3044
3045set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3046 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3047
3048set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3049 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3050
3051Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3052commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3053
3054
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003055R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3056
3057The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3058can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3059 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3060
3061You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3062 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3063
3064enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3065braces: >
3066 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3067
3068and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3069 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3070
3071
3072R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3073
3074To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3075 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3076
3077To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3078 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3079
3080To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3081 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3082
3083By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003084language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3085highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3086is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3087behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3088and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3089 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3090 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3091 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3092 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3093 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3094
3095If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3096list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3097the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003098 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3099
3100
3101R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3102
3103To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3104 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3105
3106
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003107RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3108
3109Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003110rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003111inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3112as rasi files: .rasi.
3113
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003114READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115
3116The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003117few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003118items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3119command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3120 let readline_has_bash = 1
3121
3122This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3123later, and part earlier) adds.
3124
3125
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003126REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3127
3128Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3129language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3130the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3131
3132
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003133RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3134
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003135Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3136select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3137syntax list.
3138
3139To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003140 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003141
3142To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3143`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3144 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003145 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3146 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003147 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003148 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003149
3150To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3151 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3152
3153To enable folding of sections: >
3154 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3155
3156Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3157
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003159REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003160
3161If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3162when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3163to a larger number: >
3164 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3165This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3166displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3167number is that redrawing can become slow.
3168
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003169Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3170comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3171your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3172>
3173 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3174
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003176RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003177
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003178 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3179 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3180 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3181 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3182 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3183
3184 *ruby_operators*
3185 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3186
3187Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3188
3189 :let ruby_operators = 1
3190<
3191 *ruby_space_errors*
3192 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3193
3194Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3195
3196 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3197<
3198This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3199as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3200"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3201spaces respectively.
3202
3203 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3204 Ruby: Folding ~
3205
3206Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3207
3208 :let ruby_fold = 1
3209<
3210This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3211buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3212filetypes.
3213
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003214Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3215"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3216
3217You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3218
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003219 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003220<
3221The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3222
3223 keyword meaning ~
3224 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3225 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3226 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003227 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003228 def "def" block
3229 class "class" block
3230 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003231 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003232 begin "begin" block
3233 case "case" block
3234 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003235 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3236 [ Array literal
3237 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3238 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003239 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003240 : Symbol
3241 # Multiline comment
3242 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003243 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3244
3245 *ruby_no_expensive*
3246 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003247
3248By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003249of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003250experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3251you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003252
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003253 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003254<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003255In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3256
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003257 *ruby_minlines*
3258
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003259If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3260scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3261the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003262
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003263 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003264<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003265Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3266largest class or module.
3267
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003268 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3269 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003270
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003271Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3272"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003273
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003274 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003275<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003276
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003277SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003278
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003279By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003280
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003281scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3282Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003283
3284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003285SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003286
3287The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3288of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3289
3290The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3291case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003292used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003293highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3294 :let sdl_2000=1
3295
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003296This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003297keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3298 :let SDL_no_96=1
3299
3300
3301The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3302satisfied with it for my own projects.
3303
3304
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003305SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003306
3307To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003308highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003310 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3311<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003312in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3313inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3314by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3315also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3316you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3317
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003318GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3319comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3320comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3321
3322 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3323<
3324Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3325not (yet) affected by this setting.
3326
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003327Bugs:
3328
3329 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3330 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3331 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3332 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3333 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3334 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3335
3336
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003337SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003338
3339The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3340
3341The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3342This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3343closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3344defined for you)
3345
3346Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3347names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3348
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003349Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003350names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3351
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003352Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003353are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3354text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3355<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3356
3357If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3358following syntax groups:
3359
3360 - sgmlBold
3361 - sgmlBoldItalic
3362 - sgmlUnderline
3363 - sgmlItalic
3364 - sgmlLink for links
3365
3366To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3367following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3368are read during initialization) >
3369 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3370
3371You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3372vimrc file: >
3373 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3374
3375(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3376
3377
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003378 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003379SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003380
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003381This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3382shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003383
3384Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003385various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003386
3387 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3388 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3389<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003390See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3391cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3392/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3393that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3394shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3395symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003396
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003397One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003398variables in your <.vimrc>:
3399
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003400 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003401 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003402< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003403 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003404< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003405 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003406< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003407 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003408
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003409< (dash users should use posix)
3410
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003411If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3412default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003413the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3414statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003415sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003416
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003417The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3418
3419 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3420 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3421 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3422 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003423>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003424then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003425syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3426to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003427
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003428 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3429
3430If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3431when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003432to a larger number. Example: >
3433
3434 let sh_minlines = 500
3435
3436This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3437displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3438number is that redrawing can become slow.
3439
3440If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3441reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3442
3443 let sh_maxlines = 100
3444<
3445The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3446speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3447
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003448syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003449unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003450for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3451the following line in your .vimrc: >
3452
3453 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3454<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003455
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003456 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3457 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003458
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003459You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3460Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3461file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3462
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003463 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003464 " ==============
3465 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3466 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3467 unlet b:current_syntax
3468 endif
3469 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3470 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3471 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3472 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3473 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3474<
3475This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3476 awk '...awk code here...'
3477be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3478extended to other languages.
3479
3480
3481SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3482(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003483
3484The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3485
3486- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3487 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3488 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3489
3490- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3491 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003492 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003493 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3494 them in the syntax file.
3495
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003496- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003497 highlighting of # style comments.
3498
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003499 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003500 number of #s.
3501
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003502 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003503 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003504
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003505 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003506 more than one #.
3507
3508Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003509PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003510fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3511the syntax file.
3512
3513
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003514SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3515 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003516 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003517
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003518While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3519custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3520SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003521
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003522Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3523scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3524supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3525buffer by buffer basis.
3526
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003527For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003528
3529
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003530SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3531
3532Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3533designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3534bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3535with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3536
3537
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003538TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003539
3540This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3541for how the filetype is detected.
3542
3543Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003544is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3545add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003546
3547 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3548
3549If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3550when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3551to a larger number: >
3552
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003553 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003555This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3556displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3557synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3558tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3559redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003560
3561
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003562TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003563 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003564
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003565 Tex Contents~
3566 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3567 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3568 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3569 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3570 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3571 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3572 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3573 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3574 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3575 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3576 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3577 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3578 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003579 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003580 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003581
3582 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003583 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003584
3585As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3586sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3587 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3588in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3589modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3590 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003591If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003592 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003593<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003594 *g:tex_nospell*
3595 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3596
3597If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3598 let g:tex_nospell=1
3599into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3600comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3601
3602 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003603 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003604
3605Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3606prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3607this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3608 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003609If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3610see |g:tex_nospell|.
3611
3612 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003613 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003614
3615Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3616one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3617want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3618 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003619<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003620 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003621 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003623The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3624highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3625texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3626terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3627as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003628special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3629 %stopzone
3630which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3631texMathZone.
3632
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003633 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003634 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003635
3636If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3637 :syn sync maxlines=200
3638 :syn sync minlines=50
3639(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003640increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003641if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3642
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003643Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3644|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3645
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003646 *g:tex_fast*
3647
3648Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3649
3650 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3651
3652in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3653highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3654synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3655price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3656folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3657
3658You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3659selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3660
3661 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3662 c : allow texComment syntax
3663 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3664 M : allow texMath syntax
3665 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3666 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3667 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3668 S : allow texStyle syntax
3669 v : allow verbatim syntax
3670 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3671<
3672As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3673but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003674(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003675
3676 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003677 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003678
3679LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3680of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3681package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3682it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3683techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003684by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3685which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3686http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003687
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003688I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3689
3690 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3691<
3692The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3693
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003694 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003695 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003696
3697The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3698although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3699errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3700you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003701 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003702and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003703
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003704 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003705 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003706
3707If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3708code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003709 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3710You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3711(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3712As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3713 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3714You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3715and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3716The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3717has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003718
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003719 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003720 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003721
3722One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3723commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3724following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3725such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3726
3727 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3728 :set ft=tex
3729
3730Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3731always accept such use of @.
3732
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003733 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003734 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003735
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003736If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3737number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3738including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3739superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3740superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3741In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3742
3743One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3744with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003745
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003746 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003747 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3748
3749You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003750<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3751for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003752
3753 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003754 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003755 d = delimiters
3756 m = math symbols
3757 g = Greek
3758 s = superscripts/subscripts
3759<
3760By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3761substitution will not be made.
3762
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003763 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3764 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3765
3766Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3767keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3768syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3769
3770 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3771 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3772 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003773 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003774 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3775 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3776 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003777 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003778
3779 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3780 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3781
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003782 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3783 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3784
3785 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3786
3787 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3788 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3789
3790 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3791 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3792 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3793 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3794
3795 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3796 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3797<
3798 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3799 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3800 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3801< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3802 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3803
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003804 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3805 Tex: Match Check Control~
3806
3807 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003808 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3809 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003810 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3811 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3812 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3813< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3814 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3815 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3816< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3817 regions, >
3818 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3819< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003820
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003821TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003822
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003823There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3824
3825For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3826set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3827
3828 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3829<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003830TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3831 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3832
3833There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3834
3835 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3836When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3837are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3838
3839 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3840<
3841The default value is 1.
3842
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003843TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3844
3845 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3846Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3847|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3848names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3849
3850 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3851
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003852VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3853 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003854There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003855updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3856g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3857improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003858
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003859 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3860 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3861<
3862 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3863 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003864
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003865 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3866The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3867embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003868
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003869 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003870 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3871 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3872 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3873 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3874 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3875 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003876<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003877By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003878itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003879types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3880mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003881 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003882Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003883
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003884 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3885 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3886 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003887 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3888 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003889 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3890 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3891 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3892 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3893 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3894 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003895<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003896
3897By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003898to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3899g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003900
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003901 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3902By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3903setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3904
3905 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003906Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3907is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003908highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003909
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003910 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3911<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003912
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003913
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003914WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3915
3916The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3917with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3918bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3919https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3920
3921
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003922XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003923
3924The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3925variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3926You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3927xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3928your .vimrc. Example: >
3929 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3930When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3931
3932Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3933"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3934highlighted.
3935
3936
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003937XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003938
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003939Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003940setting a global variable: >
3941
3942 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3943<
3944 *xml-folding*
3945The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003946start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003947
3948 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3949 :set foldmethod=syntax
3950
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003951Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003952especially for large files.
3953
3954
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003955X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003956
3957xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3958XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3959you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3960
3961To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3962somewhere else with "P".
3963
3964Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3965 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003966 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003967 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003968 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3969 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003970 :endfunction
3971 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3972 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3973This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3974It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3975must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3976
3977It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3978 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3979
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003980
3981YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3982
3983 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003984A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3985non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3986plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3987and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3988integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003989will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3990
3991Schema Description ~
3992failsafe No additional highlighting.
3993json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3994core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003995pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3996 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3997 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003998 schema.
3999
4000Default schema is `core`.
4001
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004002Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4003only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004004difference defined in the syntax file.
4005
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004006
4007ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4008
4009The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4010
4011 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4012
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004013==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040146. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004015
4016Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4017
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040181. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004019 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4020 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4021 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4022 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4023 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4024 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004025
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040262. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004027 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4028
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040293. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004030 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4031 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4032 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4033
4034Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4035you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4036to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4037and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4038"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4039one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4040This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4041each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4042for a lot of groups.
4043
4044Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4045group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4046for the syntax group with the same name.
4047
4048In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4049defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4050using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4051match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4052keyword with ignoring case.
4053
4054
4055PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4056
4057When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4058
40591. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4060 defined last has priority.
40612. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
40623. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4063 start in later positions.
4064
4065
4066DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4067
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004068:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004069 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4070 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4071 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4072 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4073
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004074:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004075 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004076
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004077
4078DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4079
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004080:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4081:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004082 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4083 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4084
4085 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4086 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4087
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004088 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004089 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4090 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4091 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4092
4093:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004094 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4095 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004096
4097 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4098
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004099SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4100
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004101:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4102:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4103:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004104 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4105 in a syntax item:
4106
4107 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4108 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4109 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4110
4111 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4112 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4113 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4114
4115 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4116
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004117:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004118 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4119 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004120
4121
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004122SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4123
4124:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4125 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4126 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4127
4128 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4129 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004130 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004131
4132 Example: >
4133 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4134<
4135 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4136 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4137 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4138
4139 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4140
4141 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004142 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004143 match.
4144
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004145 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4146 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004147 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004148
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004149DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4150
4151:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4152
4153 This defines a number of keywords.
4154
4155 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4156 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4157 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4158
4159 Example: >
4160 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4161<
4162 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4163 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4164 These examples do exactly the same: >
4165 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4166 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4167 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004168< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4170 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4171 variations at once: >
4172 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4173<
4174 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4175 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4176 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4177 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4178 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004179 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004180
4181 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4182 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4183 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4184
4185 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4186 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4187 instead.
4188
4189 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4190
4191 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4192 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4193 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004194 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004195 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4196 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4197< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4198 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4199 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4200
4201
4202DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4203
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004204:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4205 [excludenl]
4206 [keepend]
4207 {pattern}
4208 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004209
4210 This defines one match.
4211
4212 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4213 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4214 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4215 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4216 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004217 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4218 match with the end pattern. See
4219 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004220 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4221 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4222 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4223 line, which makes the match depend on where
4224 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4225 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4226
4227 Example (match a character constant): >
4228 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4229<
4230
4231DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4232 *E398* *E399*
4233:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4234 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4235 [keepend]
4236 [extend]
4237 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004238 start={start-pattern} ..
4239 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4240 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004241 [{options}]
4242
4243 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4244
4245 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4246 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4247 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4248 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4249 for the text in between the matched start and
4250 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4251 a different group for the start or end match.
4252 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4253 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4254 match with the end pattern. See
4255 |:syn-keepend|.
4256 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004257 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004258 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4259 extend a containing match or item. Only
4260 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4261 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004262 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004263 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004264 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004265 the region where not to look for the end
4266 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004267 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004268 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4269
4270 Example: >
4271 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4272<
4273 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4274 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4275 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4276 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4277 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4278 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4279
4280 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4281 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4282 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4283 the end patterns.
4284
4285 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4286 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4287 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4288
4289 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4290 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4291 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4292 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4293
4294 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4295 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4296 work: >
4297 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4298 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4299< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4300 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4301 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4302 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4303 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4304< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4305 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4306
4307 *:syn-keepend*
4308 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4309 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4310 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4311 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4312 { starts outer "{}" region
4313 { starts contained "{}" region
4314 } ends contained "{}" region
4315 } ends outer "{} region
4316 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4317 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4318 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4319 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4320 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4321 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4322 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4323< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4324 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4325
4326 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4327 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4328 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4329 contained matches.
4330 *:syn-extend*
4331 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4332 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4333 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4334 extended.
4335 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4336 others don't. Example: >
4337
4338 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4339 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4340 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4341
4342< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4343 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4344 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4345
4346 Another example: >
4347 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4348< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4349 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4350 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4351 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4352 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4353
4354 *:syn-excludenl*
4355 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4356 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4357 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4358 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4359 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4360 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4361 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4362 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4363 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4364 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4365 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4366 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4367 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4368
4369 *:syn-matchgroup*
4370 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4371 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4372 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4373< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4374 between with the "String" group.
4375 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4376 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4377 using a matchgroup.
4378
4379 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4380 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4381 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4382 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4383 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4384
4385 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4386 different colors: >
4387 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4388 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4389 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4390 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4391 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4392 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004393<
4394 *E849*
4395The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004396
4397==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043987. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004399
4400The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4401The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4402and may be mixed with patterns.
4403
4404Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4405can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004406 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004407 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4408:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4409:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4410:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004411
4412These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004413 conceal
4414 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004415 contained
4416 containedin
4417 nextgroup
4418 transparent
4419 skipwhite
4420 skipnl
4421 skipempty
4422
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004423conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4424
4425When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004426Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004427'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4428concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4429edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004430
4431Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4432bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004433
4434concealends *:syn-concealends*
4435
4436When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4437the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4438Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4439'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004440in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4441|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4442items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004443
4444cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004445 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004446The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4447when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4448argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004449character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4450a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004451 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004452See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004453
4454contained *:syn-contained*
4455
4456When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4457the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4458another match. Example: >
4459 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4460 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4461
4462
4463display *:syn-display*
4464
4465If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4466detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4467by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4468to be displayed.
4469
4470Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4471conditions:
4472- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4473 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4474 line.
4475- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4476 make it continue on the next line.
4477- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4478 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4479 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4480- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4481 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4482 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4483 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4484
4485Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4486- match with a number
4487- match with a label
4488
4489
4490transparent *:syn-transparent*
4491
4492If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4493itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4494is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4495only to skip over a part of the text.
4496
4497The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4498unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4499avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4500highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4501 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4502 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4503 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4504 :hi link myString String
4505 :hi link myWord Comment
4506Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4507match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4508argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4509it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4510out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004511"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004512happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4513position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4514
4515When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4516items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4517see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4518through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4519
4520 look from here
4521
4522 | | | | | |
4523 V V V V V V
4524
4525 xxxx yyy more contained items
4526 .................... contained item (transparent)
4527 ============================= first item
4528
4529The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4530transparent group.
4531
4532What you see is:
4533
4534 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4535
4536Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4537
4538
4539oneline *:syn-oneline*
4540
4541The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4542boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4543region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4544the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4545continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4546line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4547
4548When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4549pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4550end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4551means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4552be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4553line break.
4554
4555
4556fold *:syn-fold*
4557
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004558The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004559Example: >
4560 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4561 :syn sync fromstart
4562 :set foldmethod=syntax
4563This will make each {} block form one fold.
4564
4565The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4566ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4567The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004568See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4569from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004570{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4571
4572
4573 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004574contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004575
4576The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4577groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4578containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4579regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4580this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4581here.
4582
4583contains=ALL
4584 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4585 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4586
4587contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4588 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4589 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4590 are listed. Example: >
4591 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4592
4593contains=TOP
4594 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4595 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4596 argument.
4597contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4598 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4599
4600contains=CONTAINED
4601 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4602 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4603 argument.
4604contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4605 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4606 listed.
4607
4608
4609The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4610that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4611The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4612 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4613The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4614that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4615command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4616syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4617the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4618group names.
4619
4620The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4621region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4622|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4623region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4624area that is highlighted
4625
4626
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004627containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004628
4629The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4630item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4631containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4632
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004633The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004634
4635This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4636be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4637of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4638the C syntax: >
4639 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4640Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4641level.
4642
4643Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4644appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4645keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4646work.
4647
4648
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004649nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004650
4651The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4652separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4653
4654If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4655tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4656a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4657will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4658current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4659other groups. Example: >
4660 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4661 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4662 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4663
4664This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4665"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4666highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4667
4668 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4669 fff bbb fff bbb
4670
4671Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4672when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4673highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4674would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4675
4676
4677skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4678skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4679skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4680
4681These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4682used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004683 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004684 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4685 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4686
4687When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4688next group that matches the white space.
4689
4690When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4691line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4692line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4693the current item in the same line.
4694
4695When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4696groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4697for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4698space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4699
4700Example: >
4701 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4702 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4703 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4704Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4705match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4706precedence.
4707Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4708"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4709example).
4710
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004711IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4712
4713:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4714 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4715 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4716 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4717 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4718 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4719 given explicitly.
4720
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004721:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004722 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004723
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004724==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047258. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004726
4727In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4728characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4729use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4730use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4731 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4732 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4733
4734See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004735always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004736value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4737not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4738independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4739
4740Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4741This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4742
4743 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4744The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4745change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4746match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4747are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4748pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4749
4750The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4751The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4752
4753ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4754me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4755hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4756he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4757rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4758re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4759lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4760
4761The {offset} can be:
4762
4763s start of the matched pattern
4764s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4765s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4766e end of the matched pattern
4767e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4768e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004769{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004770
4771Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4772
4773Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4774meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4775
4776 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4777match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4778region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4779region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4780region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4781
4782Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4783 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4784<
4785 some "string" text
4786 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4787
4788Notes:
4789- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4790 offset(s).
4791- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4792- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4793 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004794- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004795 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004796 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004797- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4798 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4799 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4800
4801Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4802 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4803<
4804 /* this is a comment */
4805 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4806
4807A more complicated Example: >
4808 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4809<
4810 abcfoostringbarabc
4811 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004812 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004813
4814Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4815
4816Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4817with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004818in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004819
4820The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4821be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4822cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4823characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4824used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4825specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4826
4827 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4828 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4829 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4830<
4831 ___zzzz ___wwww
4832 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4833 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4834 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4835
4836The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4837unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4838
4839
4840Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4841
4842The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4843expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4844
4845When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4846allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004847following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4848the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004849
4850The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4851continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4852matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4853halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4854previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4855is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4856 x x a
4857 b x x
4858Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4859after the "\n".
4860
4861
4862External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4863
4864These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4865
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004866 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004867 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4868 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4869 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004870
4871 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4872 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4873 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4874 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4875
4876Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4877sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4878shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4879items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4880referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4881example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4882 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4883
4884As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4885it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004886changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004887first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4888also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004889 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004890
4891Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4892indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4893to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4894Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4895within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4896sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4897the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4898
4899Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4900cannot be referred to.
4901
4902==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010049039. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004904
4905:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4906 [add={group-name}..]
4907 [remove={group-name}..]
4908
4909This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4910single name.
4911
4912 contains={group-name}..
4913 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4914 add={group-name}..
4915 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4916 remove={group-name}..
4917 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4918
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004919A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4920nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4921this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004922
4923Example: >
4924 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4925 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4926
4927As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4928retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4929to speak: >
4930 :syntax keyword A aaa
4931 :syntax keyword B bbb
4932 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4933 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4934 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4935
4936This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4937 :syntax keyword A aaa
4938 :syntax keyword B bbb
4939 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4940 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4941 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4942 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4943 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004944<
4945 *E848*
4946The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004947
4948==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100494910. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950
4951It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4952a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4953two different ways:
4954
4955 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4956 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4957 the |:runtime| command: >
4958
4959 " In cpp.vim:
4960 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4961 :unlet b:current_syntax
4962
4963< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4964 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4965 ":syntax include" command:
4966
4967:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4968
4969 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4970 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4971 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4972 that list. >
4973
4974 " In perl.vim:
4975 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4976 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4977<
4978 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4979 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4980 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4981 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4982 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004983 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4984 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004985
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004986 *E847*
4987The maximum number of includes is 999.
4988
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004989==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100499011. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004991
4992Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4993make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4994redrawing starts.
4995
4996:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4997
4998There are four ways to synchronize:
49991. Always parse from the start of the file.
5000 |:syn-sync-first|
50012. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5002 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5003 |:syn-sync-second|
50043. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5005 |:syn-sync-third|
50064. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5007 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5008
5009 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5010For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5011limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5012
5013If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5014that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5015lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5016
5017If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5018for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5019adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5020slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005021 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005022<
5023 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5024When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5025cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5026start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5027the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5028break use this: >
5029 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5030The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5031change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5032value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5033
5034
5035First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5036>
5037 :syntax sync fromstart
5038
5039The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5040accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5041so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005042when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005043case: to the end of the file).
5044
5045Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5046
5047
5048Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5049
5050For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5051Example: >
5052 :syntax sync ccomment
5053
5054When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5055comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5056used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5057An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5058 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5059This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5060used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5061region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5062
5063The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5064lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5065lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5066lines, but it hard to sync on).
5067
5068Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5069that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5070is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5071chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5072is hardly ever noticed.
5073
5074
5075Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5076
5077For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5078Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5079means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5080Example: >
5081 :syntax sync minlines=50
5082
5083"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5084
5085
5086Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5087
5088The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5089sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5090region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5091starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5092the search continues backwards in the file.
5093
5094This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5095matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5096- Keywords cannot be used.
5097- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5098 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5099- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5100 forwards.
5101- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5102 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5103 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005104 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005105- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5106 group of continued lines).
5107- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5108 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5109 line (or group of continued lines).
5110- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5111 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5112 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5113 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5114
5115There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
51161. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5117 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5118 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5119 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
51202. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5121 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5122 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5123 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5124Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5125
5126Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5127avoid finding unwanted matches.
5128
5129[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5130search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5131highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5132faster.]
5133
5134 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5135 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5136
5137 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5138 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5139 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5140 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5141 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5142
5143 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5144 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5145
5146 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5147 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5148 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5149 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5150 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5151 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5152 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5153 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5154 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5155 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5156
5157 :syntax sync match ..
5158 :syntax sync region ..
5159
5160 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5161 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5162
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005163 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005164 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5165
5166 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5167 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5168 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5169
5170If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5171searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5172few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5173 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5174
5175You can clear all sync settings with: >
5176 :syntax sync clear
5177
5178You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5179 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5180
5181==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100518212. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005183
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005184This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005185
5186 :sy[ntax] [list]
5187
5188To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5189
5190 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5191
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005192To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005193
5194 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5195
5196See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5197
5198Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5199is mostly used, because it looks better.
5200
5201==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100520213. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005203
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005204In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005205and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5206of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005207
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005208 colorscheme pablo
5209<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005210 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005211:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5212 This is basically the same as >
5213 :echo g:colors_name
5214< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5215 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5216 feature it will output "unknown".
5217
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005218:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005219 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005220 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005221 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5222 "start" and then under "opt".
5223
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005224 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005225 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005226
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005227You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5228appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5229the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5230darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005231
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005232 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5233 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005234<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005235For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5236use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5237the original color scheme: >
5238 runtime colors/evening.vim
5239 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005240
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005241Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5242(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5243autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5244|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5245
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005246 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005247If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5248using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5249color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5250 augroup my_colorschemes
5251 au!
5252 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5253 augroup END
5254
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005255Change a couple more colors: >
5256 augroup my_colorschemes
5257 au!
5258 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005259 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005260 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5261 augroup END
5262
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005263If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5264colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5265 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5266 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5267
5268With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5269different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5270group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5271you can find them here:
5272https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5273
5274For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5275 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5276
5277
5278==============================================================================
527914. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5280
5281There are three types of highlight groups:
5282- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5283 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5284 linked to a group of the second type.
5285- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5286- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5287 *hitest.vim*
5288You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5289 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5290This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5291in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005292
5293:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5294 attributes set.
5295
5296:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5297 List one highlight group.
5298
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005299 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005300:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005301 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005302 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5303 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005304 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305
5306:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5307:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5308 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5309 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5310
5311:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5312 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005313 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005314 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005315 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005316 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5317 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5318 argument.
5319
5320Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5321default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5322highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5323values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5324the default value.
5325
5326A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5327a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5328
5329 :hi Comment gui=bold
5330
5331Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5332specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5333result is like this single command has been used: >
5334 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5335<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005336 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005337When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5338also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5339 :verbose hi Comment
5340< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005341 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005342
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005343When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5344mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005345
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005346 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5347There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5348term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005349cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005350 termcap entry)
5351gui the GUI
5352
5353For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5354the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5355
53561. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5357
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005358 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005359 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5360 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5361 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005362term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005363 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005364 following items (in any order):
5365 bold
5366 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005367 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005368 underdouble not always available
5369 underdotted not always available
5370 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005371 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005372 reverse
5373 inverse same as reverse
5374 italic
5375 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005376 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005377 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5378
5379 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5380 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005381 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005382 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005383 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005384 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5385 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5386 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5387 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5388 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5389
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005390< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5391 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5392 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5393 have to specify the codes like this: >
5394 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5395 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5396 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5397< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5398 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5399 fallback.
5400
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005401
5402start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5403stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5404 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5405 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5406
5407 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5408 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5409 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5410 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5411 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5412 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5413 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5414
5415 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5416
5417 1. A string with escape sequences.
5418 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5419 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5420 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5421 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5422
5423 2. A list of terminal codes.
5424 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5425 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5426 White space is not allowed. Example:
5427 start=t_C1,t_BL
5428 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5429
5430
54312. highlight arguments for color terminals
5432
5433cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5434 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5435 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5436 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5437 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005438 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5439 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5440 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005441
5442ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5443ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005444ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5445 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5446 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5447
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005448 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5449 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5450 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5451 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5452 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5453 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5454
5455 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5456 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5457 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5458 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5459 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005460 *tmux*
5461 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5462 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005463 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5464 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005465< More info at:
5466 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5467 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005468
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005469 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5470 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5471 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005472 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5473 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5474
5475 *cterm-colors*
5476 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5477 0 0 Black
5478 1 4 DarkBlue
5479 2 2 DarkGreen
5480 3 6 DarkCyan
5481 4 1 DarkRed
5482 5 5 DarkMagenta
5483 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5484 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5485 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5486 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5487 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5488 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5489 12 1* Red, LightRed
5490 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5491 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5492 15 7* White
5493
5494 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5495 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5496 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5497 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5498 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5499 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5500 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5501 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5502 a number instead of a color name.
5503
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005504 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5505 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005506 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005507 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5508 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005509
5510 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5511 colors!
5512
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005513 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5514
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005515 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5516 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5517 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5518 Example: >
5519 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5520< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005521 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5522 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5523 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5524 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5525 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005526 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005528 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529
5530 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5531 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5532 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5533 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005534 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5535 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5536 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5537 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5538 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005539 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5540< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005541 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005542 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5543
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005544ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5545 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5546 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5547 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5548 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5549 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5550 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5551 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005552
55533. highlight arguments for the GUI
5554
5555gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5556 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5557 See |attr-list| for a description.
5558 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5559 have the same effect.
5560 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5561
5562font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5563 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5564 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5565 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5566<
5567 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5568 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5569 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5570 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005571 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005572 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5573 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5574 changed.
5575 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5576 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5577 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005578 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5579 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5580 Example: >
5581 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005582
5583guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5584guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005585guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5586 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005587 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5588 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005589 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005590 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005591 bg use normal background color
5592 background use normal background color
5593 fg use normal foreground color
5594 foreground use normal foreground color
5595 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5596 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5597 Example: >
5598 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5599<
5600 *gui-colors*
5601 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5602 Red LightRed DarkRed
5603 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5604 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5605 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5606 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5607 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5608 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5609 Black White
5610 Orange Purple Violet
5611
5612 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5613 |win32-colors|.
5614
5615 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5616 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5617 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005618 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005619 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005620 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005621 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005622<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005623 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005624 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5625 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005626
5627 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5628 # override it.
5629 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5630 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5631<
5632 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5633 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5634 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5635 scheme: >
5636
5637 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5638 colorscheme alt
5639<
5640 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5641 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5642 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5643 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5644 by a color scheme using: >
5645
5646 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5647 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5648<
5649
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005650 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5651These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5652'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5653of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5654command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005655When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5656unreadable use Visual selection.
5657
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005658 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005659ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005660 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005661Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5662 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005663 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005664Cursor Character under the cursor.
5665lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5666 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005667 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005668CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005669 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005670CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005671 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005672CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005673 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005674Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005675 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005676DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005677 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005678DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005679 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005680DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005681 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005682DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005683 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005684EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005685 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005686 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005687ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005688 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005689VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005691Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005692 *hl-FoldColumn*
5693FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5694 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005695SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005696 *hl-IncSearch*
5697IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005698 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005699 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005700LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005701 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005702 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5703LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5704 option is set, above the cursor line.
5705 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5706LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5707 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005708 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005709CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5710 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005711 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5712CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005713 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5714CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005715 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005716MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005717 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005718 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005719MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5720 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005721 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005722ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005723 *hl-MsgArea*
5724MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5725 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005726 *hl-MoreMsg*
5727MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5728 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005729NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5730 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5731 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5732 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5733 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005734 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005735Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005736 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005737Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005738 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005739PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005740 *hl-PmenuKind*
5741PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5742 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5743PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5744 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5745PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5746 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5747PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005748 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005749PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005750 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5751PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005752 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005753PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005754 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005755PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005756 *hl-PopupNotification*
5757PopupNotification
5758 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5759 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005760 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005761Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005762 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5763QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005764 *hl-Search*
5765Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005766 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005767 *hl-CurSearch*
5768CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005769 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5770 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005771 *hl-SpecialKey*
5772SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5773 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005774 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005775 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005776 *hl-SpellBad*
5777SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5778 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005779 *hl-SpellCap*
5780SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5781 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005782 *hl-SpellLocal*
5783SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5784 used in another region. |spell|
5785 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5786 *hl-SpellRare*
5787SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5788 hardly ever used. |spell|
5789 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005790 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005791StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005792 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5793StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005794 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005795 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005796 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005797StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005798 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005799StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5800 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005801 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005802TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005803 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005804TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005805 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005806TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005807 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005808Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005809 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005810Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005811 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005812Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005813 *hl-VisualNOS*
5814VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5815 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5816 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005817WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005818 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005819WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005820
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005821 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005822The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005823statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005824
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005825For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005826scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5827Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5828and guifg.
5829
5830 *hl-Menu*
5831Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5832 Also used for the toolbar.
5833 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5834
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005835 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005836 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5837 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5838 set.
5839
5840 *hl-Scrollbar*
5841Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5842 scrollbars.
5843 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5844
5845 *hl-Tooltip*
5846Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5847 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5848
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005849 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005850 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5851 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5852 set.
5853
5854==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100585515. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856
5857When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5858can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5859group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5860
5861To set a link:
5862
5863 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5864
5865To remove a link:
5866
5867 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5868
5869Notes: *E414*
5870- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5871 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5872- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5873 removed.
5874- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5875 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5876 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5877 links for groups that already have settings.
5878
5879 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5880The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5881group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5882will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5883
5884Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5885specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5886 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5887If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5888 :highlight link cComment Question
5889Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5890overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5891
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005892To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5893highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5894another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5895"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5896 highlight! default link cComment Question
5897
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005898==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100589916. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005900
5901If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5902command: >
5903 :syntax clear
5904
5905This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5906or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5907in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5908load the syntax file.
5909The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5910loaded after this command.
5911
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005912To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5913 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5914This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5915
5916To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5917 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5918This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5919
5920 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005921If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5922the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5923 :syntax off
5924
5925What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5926 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5927See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5928$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5929
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005930 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5931If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5932defaults back: >
5933
5934 :syntax reset
5935
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005936It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5937affects the highlighting.
5938
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005939This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5940
5941Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5942back to their Vim default.
5943Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5944scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5945
5946What this actually does is: >
5947
5948 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5949 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5950
5951Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5952
5953 *syncolor*
5954If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5955script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5956'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5957the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5958reset" command.
5959
5960For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5961
5962 if &background == "light"
5963 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5964 else
5965 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5966 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005967<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005968 *E679*
5969Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5970'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5971endless loop.
5972
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005973Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5974your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5975depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5976
5977 *syntax_cmd*
5978The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5979syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005980 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005981 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005982 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5983 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5984 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005985 the colors.
5986 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5987 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5988 them.
5989
5990==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100599117. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005992
5993If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5994mappings.
5995
5996 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5997 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5998>
5999 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6000 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6001
6002WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6003memory Vim will consume.
6004
6005Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006006must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6007at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006008
6009Put these lines in your Makefile:
6010
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006011# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006012types: types.vim
6013types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006014 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006015 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6016 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6017
6018And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6019
6020 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006021 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006022 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006023 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006024 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6025
6026==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100602718. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006028
6029Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6030possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6031private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6032with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6033highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6034italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6035
6036To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6037windows on the buffer: >
6038 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006039< *w:current_syntax*
6040This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6041"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6042restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6043"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6044"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006045Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006046
6047Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006048on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006049syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006050same buffer.
6051
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006052A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6053is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6054When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006055
6056==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100605719. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006058
6059Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6060default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6061 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6062 : if has("terminfo")
6063 : set t_Co=8
6064 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6065 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6066 : else
6067 : set t_Co=8
6068 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6069 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6070 : endif
6071 :endif
6072< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6073
6074You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6075e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6076
6077Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6078be wrong.
6079 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6080The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6081But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6082 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6083 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6084<
6085 *colortest.vim*
6086To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006087To use it, execute this command: >
6088 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006089
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006090Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006091output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6092at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6093colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6094
6095 *xfree-xterm*
6096To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006097included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006098at: >
6099 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6100Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6101termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6102supports. >
6103 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6104If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6105(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6106
6107This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6108 :if has("terminfo")
6109 : set t_Co=16
6110 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6111 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6112 :else
6113 : set t_Co=16
6114 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6115 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6116 :endif
6117< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6118
6119Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6120translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6121Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6122
6123For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6124
6125 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6126 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6127
6128Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6129and try if that works.
6130
6131You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6132 XTerm*color0: #000000
6133 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6134 XTerm*color2: #008000
6135 XTerm*color3: #808000
6136 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6137 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6138 XTerm*color6: #008080
6139 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6140 XTerm*color8: #808080
6141 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6142 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6143 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6144 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6145 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6146 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6147 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6148 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6149
6150[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6151cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006152newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006153
6154To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6155Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6156 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6157<
6158 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6159To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6160Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6161these resources:
6162 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6163 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6164 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6165 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6166
6167 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006168These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006169foreground colors: >
6170 :if has("terminfo")
6171 : set t_Co=8
6172 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6173 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6174 :else
6175 : set t_Co=8
6176 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6177 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6178 :endif
6179< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6180
6181 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6182These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6183emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6184bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6185 :set t_Co=16
6186 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6187 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6188<
6189 *TTpro-telnet*
6190These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6191open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6192 set t_Co=16
6193 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6194 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6195Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6196that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6197(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6198
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006199
6200==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100620120. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006202
6203This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6204
6205If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6206faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6207as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6208
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006209Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006210You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6211
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006212To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6213sequence: >
6214 :syntime on
6215 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6216 :syntime report
6217
6218This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6219it took to match them against the text.
6220
6221:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6222 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6223 matching.
6224
6225:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6226
6227:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6228
6229:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6230 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6231 the output.
6232
6233 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6234 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6235 matching this pattern.
6236 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6237 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6238 matched
6239 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6240 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6241 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6242 this is not unique.
6243 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6244
6245Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6246include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6247pattern does NOT match.
6248
6249When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6250all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6251literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6252
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006253"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006254 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006255"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006256
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006257
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006258 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: